1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 512 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 513 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 514 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 515 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 516 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 517 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 518 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(), 519 &HasMultipleGUIDs)) { 520 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 521 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 522 else 523 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 524 } 525 } 526 527 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 528 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 529 } 530 531 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 532 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 533 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 534 Expr *E, 535 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 536 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 537 bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false; 538 if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) && 539 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 540 if (HasMultipleGUIDs) 541 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 542 else 543 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 544 } 545 } 546 547 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 548 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 549 } 550 551 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 552 ExprResult 553 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 554 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 555 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 556 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 557 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 558 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 559 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 560 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 561 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 562 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 563 } 564 565 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 566 567 if (isType) { 568 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 570 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 571 &TInfo); 572 if (T.isNull()) 573 return ExprError(); 574 575 if (!TInfo) 576 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 577 578 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 579 } 580 581 // The operand is an expression. 582 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 583 } 584 585 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 586 ExprResult 587 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 588 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 589 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 590 return new (Context) 591 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 592 } 593 594 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 595 ExprResult 596 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 597 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 598 } 599 600 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 601 ExprResult 602 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 603 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 604 if (Ex) { 605 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 606 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 607 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 608 // 609 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 610 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 611 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 612 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 613 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 614 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 615 // exception object 616 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 617 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 618 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 619 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 620 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 621 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 622 break; 623 } 624 625 if (S->getFlags() & 626 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 627 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 628 Scope::TryScope)) 629 break; 630 } 631 } 632 } 633 } 634 635 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 636 } 637 638 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 639 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 640 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 641 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 642 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 644 645 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 647 648 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 649 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 650 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 651 return ExprError(); 652 653 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 654 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 655 656 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 657 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 658 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 659 // 660 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 661 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 662 // catch-clause 663 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 669 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 670 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 671 672 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 673 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 674 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 675 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 676 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 if (Res.isInvalid()) 678 return ExprError(); 679 Ex = Res.get(); 680 } 681 682 return new (Context) 683 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 684 } 685 686 static void 687 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 688 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 689 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 690 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 691 bool ParentIsPublic) { 692 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 693 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 694 bool NewSubobject; 695 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 696 // always distinct subobjects. 697 if (BS.isVirtual()) 698 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 699 else 700 NewSubobject = true; 701 702 if (NewSubobject) 703 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 704 705 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 706 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 707 if (PublicPath) 708 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 709 710 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 711 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 712 PublicPath); 713 } 714 } 715 716 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 717 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 718 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 719 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 720 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 721 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 722 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 723 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 724 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 725 726 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 727 // Skip ambiguous objects. 728 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 729 continue; 730 731 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 732 } 733 } 734 735 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 736 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 737 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 738 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 739 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 740 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 741 bool isPointer = false; 742 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 743 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 744 isPointer = true; 745 } 746 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 747 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 748 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 749 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 750 E->getSourceRange())) 751 return true; 752 753 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 754 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 755 return true; 756 } 757 758 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 759 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 760 if (!RD) 761 return false; 762 763 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 764 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 765 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 766 767 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 768 if (isPointer) 769 return false; 770 771 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 772 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 773 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 774 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 775 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 776 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 777 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 778 return true; 779 } 780 } 781 782 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 783 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 784 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 785 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 786 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 787 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 788 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 789 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 790 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 791 792 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 793 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 794 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 795 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 796 // lookup and overload resolution. 797 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 798 if (!CD) 799 continue; 800 801 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 802 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 803 804 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 805 // in the catchable type data. 806 if (CD->isTrivial()) 807 continue; 808 809 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 810 // type to this constructor. 811 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 812 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 813 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 814 // friendship or any other means). 815 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 816 817 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 818 // we must rebuild them here. 819 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 820 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 821 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 822 continue; 823 824 Expr *DefaultArg = 825 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 826 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 827 } 828 } 829 } 830 831 return false; 832 } 833 834 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 835 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 836 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 837 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 838 if (method && method->isInstance()) 839 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 840 } 841 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 842 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 843 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 844 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 845 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 846 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 847 // from. 848 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 849 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 850 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 851 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 852 return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 853 } 854 } 855 return ThisTy; 856 } 857 858 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 859 Decl *ContextDecl, 860 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 861 bool Enabled) 862 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 863 { 864 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 865 return; 866 867 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 868 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 869 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 870 else 871 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 872 873 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 874 = S.Context.getPointerType( 875 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 876 877 this->Enabled = true; 878 } 879 880 881 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 882 if (Enabled) { 883 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 884 } 885 } 886 887 static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 888 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) { 889 FieldDecl *Field 890 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy, 891 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc), 892 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 893 Field->setImplicit(true); 894 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 895 RD->addDecl(Field); 896 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 897 } 898 899 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 900 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { 901 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 902 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 903 return true; 904 905 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 906 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 907 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'. 908 unsigned NumClosures = 0; 909 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 910 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 911 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 912 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 913 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 914 break; 915 } 916 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 917 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 918 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 919 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 921 return true; 922 } 923 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 924 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 925 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 926 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 927 Explicit) { 928 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 929 NumClosures++; 930 Explicit = false; 931 continue; 932 } 933 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 934 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit; 936 return true; 937 } 938 break; 939 } 940 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 941 // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped. 942 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 943 // contexts. 944 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 945 --idx, --NumClosures) { 946 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 947 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 948 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 949 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) 950 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression. 951 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc); 952 else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 953 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 954 ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc); 955 956 bool isNested = NumClosures > 1; 957 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr); 958 } 959 return false; 960 } 961 962 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 963 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 964 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 965 /// which the function is called. 966 967 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 968 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 969 970 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 971 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 972 } 973 974 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 975 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 976 // type for 'this'. 977 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 978 return false; 979 980 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 981 // defined. 982 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 983 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 984 } 985 986 ExprResult 987 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 988 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 989 MultiExprArg exprs, 990 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 991 if (!TypeRep) 992 return ExprError(); 993 994 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 995 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 996 if (!TInfo) 997 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 998 999 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1000 } 1001 1002 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1003 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1004 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1005 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1006 ExprResult 1007 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1009 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1010 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1011 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1012 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1013 1014 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1015 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1016 RParenLoc); 1017 } 1018 1019 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1020 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1021 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1022 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1023 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1024 1025 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1026 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1027 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1028 // corresponding cast expression. 1029 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1030 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1031 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1032 } 1033 1034 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1035 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1036 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1037 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1038 // an object of type T. 1039 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1040 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1041 if (!ListInitialization) 1042 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1043 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1044 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1045 } 1046 1047 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1048 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1049 << FullRange); 1050 1051 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1052 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1053 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1054 return ExprError(); 1055 1056 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1057 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1058 return ExprError(); 1059 1060 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1061 InitializationKind Kind = 1062 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1063 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1064 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1065 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1066 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1067 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1068 1069 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1070 return Result; 1071 1072 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1073 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1074 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1075 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1076 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1077 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1078 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1079 // 1080 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1081 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1082 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1083 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1084 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1085 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1086 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1087 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1088 } 1089 1090 return Result; 1091 } 1092 1093 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1094 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1095 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1096 QualType allocType) { 1097 const RecordType *record = 1098 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1099 if (!record) return false; 1100 1101 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1102 1103 DeclarationName deleteName = 1104 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1105 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1106 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1107 1108 // We're just doing this for information. 1109 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1110 1111 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1112 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1113 1114 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1115 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1116 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1117 1118 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1119 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1120 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1121 1122 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1123 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1124 // regardless of its signature. 1125 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1126 filter.erase(); 1127 continue; 1128 } 1129 1130 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1131 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1132 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1133 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1134 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1135 // is a usual deallocation function. 1136 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1137 filter.erase(); 1138 continue; 1139 } 1140 } 1141 filter.done(); 1142 1143 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1144 1145 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1146 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1147 } 1148 1149 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1150 /// 1151 /// E.g.: 1152 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1153 /// or 1154 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1155 /// 1156 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1157 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1158 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1159 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1160 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1161 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1162 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1163 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1164 /// if there is none. 1165 ExprResult 1166 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1167 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1168 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1169 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1170 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1171 1172 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1173 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1174 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1175 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1176 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1177 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1178 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1179 << D.getSourceRange()); 1180 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1181 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1182 << D.getSourceRange()); 1183 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1184 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1185 << D.getSourceRange()); 1186 1187 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1188 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1189 } 1190 1191 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1192 if (ArraySize) { 1193 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1194 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1195 break; 1196 1197 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1198 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1199 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1200 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1201 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1202 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1203 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1204 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1205 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1206 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1207 Array.NumElts 1208 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1209 CCEK_NewExpr) 1210 .get(); 1211 } else { 1212 Array.NumElts 1213 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1214 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1215 .get(); 1216 } 1217 if (!Array.NumElts) 1218 return ExprError(); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 } 1222 } 1223 1224 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1225 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1226 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1227 return ExprError(); 1228 1229 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1230 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1231 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1232 1233 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1234 PlacementLParen, 1235 PlacementArgs, 1236 PlacementRParen, 1237 TypeIdParens, 1238 AllocType, 1239 TInfo, 1240 ArraySize, 1241 DirectInitRange, 1242 Initializer, 1243 TypeContainsAuto); 1244 } 1245 1246 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1247 Expr *Init) { 1248 if (!Init) 1249 return true; 1250 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1251 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1252 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1253 return true; 1254 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1255 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1256 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1257 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1258 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1259 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1260 return true; 1261 } 1262 return false; 1263 } 1264 1265 ExprResult 1266 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1267 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1268 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1269 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1270 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1271 QualType AllocType, 1272 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1273 Expr *ArraySize, 1274 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1275 Expr *Initializer, 1276 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1277 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1278 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1279 1280 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1281 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1282 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1283 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1284 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1285 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1286 else { 1287 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1288 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1289 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1290 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1291 } 1292 1293 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1294 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1295 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1296 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1297 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1298 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1299 } 1300 1301 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1302 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1303 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1304 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1305 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1306 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1307 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1308 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1309 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1310 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1311 if (NumInits > 1) { 1312 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1313 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1314 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1315 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1316 } 1317 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1318 QualType DeducedType; 1319 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1320 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1321 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1322 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1323 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1324 return ExprError(); 1325 AllocType = DeducedType; 1326 } 1327 1328 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1329 // typedef of an array type. 1330 if (!ArraySize) { 1331 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1332 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1333 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1334 Context.getSizeType(), 1335 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1336 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1341 return ExprError(); 1342 1343 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1344 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1345 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1346 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1347 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1348 } 1349 1350 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1351 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1352 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1353 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1354 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1355 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1356 } 1357 1358 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1359 1360 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1361 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1362 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1363 ArraySize = result.get(); 1364 } 1365 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1366 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1367 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1368 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1369 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1370 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1371 // std::size_t. 1372 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1373 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1375 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1376 1377 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1378 AA_Converting); 1379 1380 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1381 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1382 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1383 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1384 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1385 } else { 1386 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1387 protected: 1388 Expr *ArraySize; 1389 1390 public: 1391 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1392 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1393 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1394 1395 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1396 QualType T) override { 1397 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1398 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1399 } 1400 1401 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1402 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1403 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1404 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1405 } 1406 1407 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1408 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1409 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1410 } 1411 1412 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1413 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1414 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1415 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1416 } 1417 1418 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1419 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1420 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1421 } 1422 1423 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1424 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1425 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1426 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1427 } 1428 1429 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1430 QualType T, 1431 QualType ConvTy) override { 1432 return S.Diag(Loc, 1433 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1434 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1435 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1436 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1437 } 1438 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1439 1440 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1441 SizeDiagnoser); 1442 } 1443 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1444 return ExprError(); 1445 1446 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1447 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1448 1449 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1450 return ExprError(); 1451 1452 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1453 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1454 // with a non-negative value. 1455 // 1456 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1457 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1458 // array type. 1459 // 1460 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1461 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1462 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1463 llvm::APSInt Value; 1464 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1465 // unscoped enumeration type. 1466 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1467 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1468 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1469 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1470 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1471 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1472 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1473 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1474 else 1475 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1476 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1477 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1478 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1479 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1480 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1481 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1483 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1484 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1485 << Value.toString(10) 1486 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1487 else 1488 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1489 diag::err_array_too_large) 1490 << Value.toString(10) 1491 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1492 } 1493 } 1494 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1495 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1496 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1497 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1498 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1500 1501 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1502 } 1503 } 1504 1505 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1506 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1507 } 1508 1509 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1510 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1511 1512 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1513 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1514 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1515 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1516 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1517 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1518 return ExprError(); 1519 1520 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1521 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1522 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1523 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1524 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1525 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1526 1527 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1528 if (OperatorNew) { 1529 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1530 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1531 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1532 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1533 1534 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1535 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1536 // argument. 1537 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1538 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1539 return ExprError(); 1540 1541 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1542 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1543 1544 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1545 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1546 1547 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1548 } 1549 1550 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1551 // new. 1552 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1553 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1554 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) { 1555 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1556 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1557 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1558 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1559 << AllocType 1560 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1561 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1562 } 1563 } 1564 1565 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1566 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1567 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1568 // dialect distinction. 1569 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1570 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1571 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1572 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1573 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1574 return ExprError(); 1575 } 1576 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1577 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1578 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1579 // default-initialization). 1580 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1581 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1582 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1583 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1588 // do it now. 1589 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1590 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1591 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1592 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1593 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1594 // object as follows: 1595 InitializationKind Kind 1596 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1597 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1598 // the object has indeterminate value 1599 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1600 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1601 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1602 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1603 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1604 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1605 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1606 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1607 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1608 1609 InitializedEntity Entity 1610 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1611 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1612 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1613 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1614 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1615 return ExprError(); 1616 1617 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1618 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1619 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1620 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1621 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1622 1623 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1624 } 1625 1626 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1627 if (OperatorNew) { 1628 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1629 return ExprError(); 1630 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1631 } 1632 if (OperatorDelete) { 1633 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1634 return ExprError(); 1635 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1636 } 1637 1638 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1639 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1640 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1641 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1642 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1643 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1644 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1645 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1646 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1647 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1648 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1649 << BaseAllocType); 1650 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1651 return ExprError(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 } 1655 1656 return new (Context) 1657 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1658 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1659 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1660 Range, DirectInitRange); 1661 } 1662 1663 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1664 /// in a new-expression. 1665 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1666 SourceRange R) { 1667 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1668 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1669 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1670 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1671 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1672 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1673 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1674 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1675 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1676 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1677 return true; 1678 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1679 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1680 return true; 1681 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1682 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1683 << AllocType; 1684 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1685 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1686 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1687 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1688 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1689 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1690 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1691 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1692 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1693 << BaseAllocType; 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 return false; 1698 } 1699 1700 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1701 /// deallocation function. 1702 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1703 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1704 return false; 1705 1706 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1707 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1708 1709 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1710 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1714 return true; 1715 1716 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1717 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1718 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1719 } 1720 1721 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1722 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1723 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1724 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1725 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1726 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1727 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1728 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1729 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1730 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1731 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1732 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1733 // operator new. 1734 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1735 // placement form. 1736 1737 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1738 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1739 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1740 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1741 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1742 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1743 Context.getSizeType(), 1744 SourceLocation()); 1745 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1746 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1747 1748 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1749 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1750 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1751 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1752 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1753 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1754 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1755 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1756 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1757 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1758 1759 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1760 1761 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1762 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1763 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1764 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1765 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1766 return true; 1767 } 1768 1769 if (!OperatorNew) { 1770 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1771 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1772 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1773 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1774 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1775 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1776 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1777 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1778 return true; 1779 1780 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1781 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1782 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1783 // will not replicate that bug. 1784 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1785 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1786 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1787 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1788 return true; 1789 } 1790 } 1791 1792 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1793 // -fno-exceptions. 1794 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1795 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1796 return false; 1797 } 1798 1799 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1800 // 1801 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1802 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1803 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1804 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1805 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1806 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1807 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1808 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1809 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1810 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1811 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1812 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1813 } 1814 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1815 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1816 1817 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1818 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1819 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1820 } 1821 1822 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1823 1824 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1825 1826 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1827 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1828 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1829 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1830 // A *a = new A() 1831 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1832 1833 if (isPlacementNew) { 1834 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1835 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1836 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1837 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1838 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1839 // identical. [...] 1840 // 1841 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1842 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1843 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1844 // 1845 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1846 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1847 { 1848 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1849 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1850 1851 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1852 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1853 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1854 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1855 1856 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1857 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1858 1859 ExpectedFunctionType 1860 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1861 } 1862 1863 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1864 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1865 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1866 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1867 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 1868 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 1869 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 1870 // expected function type. 1871 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 1872 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 1873 Info)) 1874 continue; 1875 } else 1876 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1877 1878 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 1879 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1880 } 1881 } else { 1882 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1883 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 1884 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 1885 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1886 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1887 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1888 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1889 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 1890 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 1891 } 1892 1893 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 1894 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 1895 // function lookup is used 1896 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 1897 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 1898 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 1899 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 1900 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 1901 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 1902 // with one parameter. 1903 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 1904 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 1905 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 1906 else 1907 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 1908 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 1909 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 1910 } 1911 } 1912 1913 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1914 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 1915 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 1916 // deallocation function will be called. 1917 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 1918 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 1919 1920 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 1921 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 1922 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 1923 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 1924 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 1925 // is ill-formed. 1926 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 1927 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 1928 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 1929 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 1930 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 1931 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 1932 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1933 << DeleteName; 1934 } else { 1935 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 1936 Matches[0].first); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 return false; 1941 } 1942 1943 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 1944 /// in the specified scope. 1945 /// 1946 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 1947 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 1948 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 1949 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 1950 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 1951 /// translation unit. 1952 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 1953 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 1954 /// Operator. 1955 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 1956 /// no allocation function was found. 1957 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 1958 /// usable. 1959 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1960 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 1961 DeclContext *Ctx, 1962 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 1963 bool Diagnose) { 1964 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1965 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 1966 if (R.empty()) { 1967 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 1968 return false; 1969 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 1970 << Name << Range; 1971 } 1972 1973 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1974 return true; 1975 1976 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1977 1978 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 1979 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 1980 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 1981 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 1982 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 1983 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1984 1985 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 1986 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 1987 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 1988 Args, Candidates, 1989 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1990 continue; 1991 } 1992 1993 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1994 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 1995 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 1996 } 1997 1998 // Do the resolution. 1999 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2000 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2001 case OR_Success: { 2002 // Got one! 2003 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2004 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2005 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2006 return true; 2007 2008 Operator = FnDecl; 2009 return false; 2010 } 2011 2012 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2013 if (Diagnose) { 2014 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2015 << Name << Range; 2016 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2017 } 2018 return true; 2019 2020 case OR_Ambiguous: 2021 if (Diagnose) { 2022 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2023 << Name << Range; 2024 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2025 } 2026 return true; 2027 2028 case OR_Deleted: { 2029 if (Diagnose) { 2030 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2031 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2032 << Name 2033 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2034 << Range; 2035 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2036 } 2037 return true; 2038 } 2039 } 2040 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2041 } 2042 2043 2044 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2045 /// delete. These are: 2046 /// @code 2047 /// // C++03: 2048 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2049 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2050 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2051 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2052 /// // C++11: 2053 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2054 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2055 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2056 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2057 /// // C++1y: 2058 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2059 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2060 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2061 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2062 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2063 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2064 /// @endcode 2065 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2066 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2067 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2068 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2069 return; 2070 2071 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2072 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2073 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2074 // program 2075 // 2076 // C++03: 2077 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2078 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2079 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2080 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2081 // C++11: 2082 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2083 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2084 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2085 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2086 // C++1y: 2087 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2088 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2089 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2090 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2091 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2092 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2093 // 2094 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2095 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2096 // 2097 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2098 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2099 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2100 // lookup. 2101 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2102 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2103 // implicitly. 2104 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2105 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2106 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2107 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2108 nullptr); 2109 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2110 } 2111 2112 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2113 2114 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2115 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2116 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew; 2117 2118 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2119 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2120 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2121 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2122 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2123 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew); 2124 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2125 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2126 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2127 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2128 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2129 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2130 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2131 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2132 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2133 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2134 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2135 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2136 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2141 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2142 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2143 QualType Return, 2144 QualType Param1, QualType Param2, 2145 bool AddRestrictAttr) { 2146 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2147 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2148 2149 // Check if this function is already declared. 2150 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2151 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2152 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2153 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2154 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2155 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2156 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2157 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2158 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2159 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2160 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2161 NumParams == 2 2162 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2163 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2164 : QualType(); 2165 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2166 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2167 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2168 if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>()) 2169 Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit( 2170 Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2171 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2172 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2173 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2174 Func->setHidden(false); 2175 return; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 } 2179 } 2180 2181 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2182 2183 QualType BadAllocType; 2184 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2185 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2186 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2187 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2188 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2189 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2190 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2191 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2192 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2193 } 2194 } else { 2195 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2196 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2197 } 2198 2199 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2200 2201 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2202 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2203 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2204 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2205 SourceLocation(), Name, 2206 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2207 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2208 2209 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2210 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2211 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2212 2213 if (AddRestrictAttr) 2214 Alloc->addAttr( 2215 RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc)); 2216 2217 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2218 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2219 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2220 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2221 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2222 SC_None, nullptr); 2223 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2224 } 2225 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2226 2227 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2228 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2229 } 2230 2231 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2232 bool CanProvideSize, 2233 DeclarationName Name) { 2234 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2235 2236 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2237 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2238 2239 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2240 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2241 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2242 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2243 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2244 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2245 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2246 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2247 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2248 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2249 } 2250 2251 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2252 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2253 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2254 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2255 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2256 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2257 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2258 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2259 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2260 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2261 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2262 else 2263 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2264 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2265 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2266 } 2267 2268 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2269 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2270 2271 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2272 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2273 return Matches.front(); 2274 } 2275 2276 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2277 DeclarationName Name, 2278 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2279 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2280 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2281 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2282 2283 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2284 return true; 2285 2286 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2287 2288 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2289 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2290 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2291 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2292 2293 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2294 // deallocation function. 2295 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2296 continue; 2297 2298 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2299 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2300 } 2301 2302 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads) 2303 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2304 2305 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2306 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2307 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2308 2309 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2310 if (Diagnose) { 2311 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2312 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2313 } 2314 return true; 2315 } 2316 2317 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2318 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2319 return true; 2320 2321 return false; 2322 2323 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2324 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2325 if (Diagnose) { 2326 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2327 << Name << RD; 2328 2329 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2330 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2331 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2332 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2333 } 2334 return true; 2335 } 2336 2337 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2338 // none of them were suitable. 2339 if (!Found.empty()) { 2340 if (Diagnose) { 2341 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2342 << Name << RD; 2343 2344 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2345 F != FEnd; ++F) 2346 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2347 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2348 } 2349 return true; 2350 } 2351 2352 Operator = nullptr; 2353 return false; 2354 } 2355 2356 namespace { 2357 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2358 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2359 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2360 public: 2361 enum MismatchResult { 2362 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2363 NoMismatch, 2364 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2365 VarInitMismatches, 2366 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2367 MemberInitMismatches, 2368 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2369 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2370 AnalyzeLater 2371 }; 2372 2373 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2374 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2375 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2376 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2377 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2378 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2379 2380 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2381 /// matching form of new-expression. 2382 /// 2383 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2384 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2385 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2386 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2387 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2388 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2389 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2390 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2391 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2392 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2393 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2394 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2395 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2396 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2397 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2398 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2399 bool IsArrayForm; 2400 FieldDecl *Field; 2401 2402 private: 2403 const bool EndOfTU; 2404 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2405 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2406 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2407 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2408 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2409 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2410 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2411 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2412 /// 2413 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2414 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2415 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2416 /// \c NoMismatch. 2417 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2418 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2419 /// \c new. 2420 /// 2421 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2422 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2423 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2424 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2425 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2426 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2427 /// form of \c new. 2428 /// 2429 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2430 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2431 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2432 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2433 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2434 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2435 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2436 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2437 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2438 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2439 /// in-class initializer. 2440 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2441 }; 2442 } 2443 2444 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2445 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2446 NewExprs.clear(); 2447 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2448 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2449 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2450 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2451 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2452 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2453 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2454 return VarInitMismatches; 2455 } 2456 return NoMismatch; 2457 } 2458 2459 const CXXNewExpr * 2460 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2461 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2462 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2463 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2464 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2465 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2466 } 2467 2468 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2469 } 2470 2471 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2472 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2473 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2474 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2475 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2476 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2477 return true; 2478 else 2479 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2480 } 2481 return false; 2482 } 2483 2484 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2485 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2486 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2487 return false; 2488 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2489 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2490 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2491 return EndOfTU; 2492 } 2493 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2494 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2495 return true; 2496 } 2497 return false; 2498 } 2499 2500 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2501 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2502 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2503 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2504 if (!InitExpr) 2505 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2506 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2507 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2508 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2509 return MemberInitMismatches; 2510 } 2511 } 2512 return NoMismatch; 2513 } 2514 2515 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2516 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2517 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2518 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2519 this->Field = Field; 2520 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2521 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2522 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2523 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2524 return NoMismatch; 2525 } 2526 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2527 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2528 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2529 return MemberInitMismatches; 2530 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2531 : NoMismatch; 2532 } 2533 2534 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2535 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2536 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2537 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2538 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2539 return NoMismatch; 2540 } 2541 2542 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2543 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2544 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2545 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2546 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2547 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2548 } 2549 } 2550 return NewExprs.empty(); 2551 } 2552 2553 static void 2554 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2555 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2556 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2557 FixItHint H; 2558 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2559 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2560 else { 2561 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2562 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2563 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2564 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2565 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2566 } 2567 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2568 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2569 2570 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2571 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2572 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2573 } 2574 2575 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2576 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2577 return; 2578 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2579 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2580 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2581 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2582 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2583 break; 2584 } 2585 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2586 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2587 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2588 break; 2589 } 2590 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2591 break; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2596 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2597 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2598 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2599 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2600 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2601 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2602 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2603 "translation unit."); 2604 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2605 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2606 break; 2607 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2608 break; 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2613 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2614 /// or 2615 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2616 ExprResult 2617 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2618 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2619 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2620 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2621 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2622 // void. 2623 // 2624 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2625 2626 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2627 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2628 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2629 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2630 2631 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2632 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2633 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2634 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2635 return ExprError(); 2636 2637 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2638 2639 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2640 public: 2641 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2642 2643 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2644 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2645 // the operator T*. 2646 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2647 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2648 return true; 2649 return false; 2650 } 2651 2652 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2653 QualType T) override { 2654 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2655 } 2656 2657 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2658 QualType T) override { 2659 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2660 } 2661 2662 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2663 QualType T, 2664 QualType ConvTy) override { 2665 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2666 } 2667 2668 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2669 QualType ConvTy) override { 2670 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2671 << ConvTy; 2672 } 2673 2674 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2675 QualType T) override { 2676 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2677 } 2678 2679 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2680 QualType ConvTy) override { 2681 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2682 << ConvTy; 2683 } 2684 2685 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2686 QualType T, 2687 QualType ConvTy) override { 2688 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2689 } 2690 } Converter; 2691 2692 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2693 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2694 return ExprError(); 2695 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2696 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2697 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2698 // itself in this case. 2699 return ExprError(); 2700 2701 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2702 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2703 2704 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2705 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2706 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2707 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2708 2709 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2710 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2711 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2712 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2713 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2714 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2715 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2716 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2717 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2718 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2719 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2720 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 2721 // module but is hidden. 2722 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2723 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2724 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2725 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2726 } 2727 } 2728 2729 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2730 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2731 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2732 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2733 ArrayForm = true; 2734 } 2735 2736 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2737 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2738 2739 if (PointeeRD) { 2740 if (!UseGlobal && 2741 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2742 OperatorDelete)) 2743 return ExprError(); 2744 2745 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2746 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2747 if (ArrayForm) { 2748 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2749 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2750 if (UseGlobal) 2751 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2752 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2753 2754 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2755 // function we just found. 2756 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2757 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2758 } 2759 2760 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2761 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2762 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2763 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2764 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2765 return ExprError(); 2766 } 2767 2768 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 2769 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 2770 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 2771 SourceLocation()); 2772 } 2773 2774 if (!OperatorDelete) 2775 // Look for a global declaration. 2776 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2777 StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) && 2778 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2779 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2780 DeleteName); 2781 2782 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2783 2784 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2785 if (PointeeRD) { 2786 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2787 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2788 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2789 } 2790 } 2791 } 2792 2793 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2794 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2795 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2796 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2797 return Result; 2798 } 2799 2800 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 2801 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 2802 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 2803 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 2804 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 2805 return; 2806 2807 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2808 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2809 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2810 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2811 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2812 // behavior is undefined. 2813 // 2814 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 2815 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2816 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 2817 return; 2818 2819 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 2820 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2821 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2822 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2823 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2824 << ClassType; 2825 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 2826 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2827 // but not necessarily wrong. 2828 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2829 << ClassType; 2830 } 2831 if (!IsDelete) { 2832 std::string TypeStr; 2833 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 2834 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 2835 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 2836 } 2837 } 2838 2839 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2840 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2841 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2842 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2843 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2844 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2845 return ExprError(); 2846 2847 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2848 2849 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2850 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2851 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2852 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2853 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2854 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2855 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2856 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2857 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2858 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2859 2860 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2861 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2862 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2863 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2864 2865 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2866 2867 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2868 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2869 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2870 return ExprError(); 2871 } 2872 2873 return Condition; 2874 } 2875 2876 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 2877 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 2878 // C++ 6.4p4: 2879 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 2880 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 2881 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 2882 // program is ill-formed. 2883 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 2884 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 2885 // 2886 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 2887 } 2888 2889 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 2890 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 2891 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 2892 /// respectively). 2893 bool 2894 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 2895 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 2896 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 2897 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 2898 2899 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 2900 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 2901 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 2902 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 2903 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 2904 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2905 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 2906 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2907 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 2908 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 2909 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 2910 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 2911 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 2912 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 2913 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 2914 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 2915 break; 2916 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 2917 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 2918 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 2919 case StringLiteral::Wide: 2920 return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType(); 2921 } 2922 } 2923 } 2924 2925 return false; 2926 } 2927 2928 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 2929 SourceLocation CastLoc, 2930 QualType Ty, 2931 CastKind Kind, 2932 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2933 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2934 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 2935 Expr *From) { 2936 switch (Kind) { 2937 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 2938 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 2939 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 2940 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 2941 2942 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 2943 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2944 return ExprError(); 2945 2946 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 2947 return ExprError(); 2948 2949 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 2950 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 2951 Constructor->getAccess()); 2952 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2953 return ExprError(); 2954 2955 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 2956 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 2957 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 2958 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 2959 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 2960 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2961 return ExprError(); 2962 2963 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 2964 } 2965 2966 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 2967 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 2968 2969 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 2970 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 2971 return ExprError(); 2972 2973 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 2974 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 2975 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 2976 HadMultipleCandidates); 2977 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2978 return ExprError(); 2979 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 2980 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 2981 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 2982 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 2983 2984 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 2985 } 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 2990 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 2991 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 2992 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 2993 /// used in the error message. 2994 ExprResult 2995 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2996 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 2997 AssignmentAction Action, 2998 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 2999 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3000 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3001 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3002 Action, CCK); 3003 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3004 return ExprError(); 3005 From = Res.get(); 3006 break; 3007 } 3008 3009 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3010 3011 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3012 CastKind CastKind; 3013 QualType BeforeToType; 3014 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3015 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3016 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3017 3018 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3019 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3020 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3021 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3022 } else { 3023 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3024 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3025 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3026 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3027 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3028 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3029 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3030 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3031 } 3032 } 3033 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3034 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3035 ExprResult Res = 3036 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3037 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3038 CCK); 3039 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3040 return ExprError(); 3041 From = Res.get(); 3042 } 3043 3044 ExprResult CastArg 3045 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3046 From->getLocStart(), 3047 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3048 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3049 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3050 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3051 From); 3052 3053 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3054 return ExprError(); 3055 3056 From = CastArg.get(); 3057 3058 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3059 AA_Converting, CCK); 3060 } 3061 3062 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3063 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3064 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3065 << From->getSourceRange()); 3066 return ExprError(); 3067 3068 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3069 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3070 3071 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3072 return ExprError(); 3073 } 3074 3075 // Everything went well. 3076 return From; 3077 } 3078 3079 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3080 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3081 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3082 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3083 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3084 ExprResult 3085 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3086 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3087 AssignmentAction Action, 3088 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3089 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3090 3091 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3092 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3093 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3094 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3095 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3096 3097 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3098 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3099 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3100 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3101 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3102 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3103 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3104 ConstructorArgs)) 3105 return ExprError(); 3106 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3107 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3108 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3109 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3110 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3111 } 3112 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3113 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3114 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3115 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3116 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3117 } 3118 3119 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3120 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3121 DeclAccessPair Found; 3122 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3123 true, Found); 3124 if (!Fn) 3125 return ExprError(); 3126 3127 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3128 return ExprError(); 3129 3130 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3131 FromType = From->getType(); 3132 } 3133 3134 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3135 // non-atomic type. 3136 QualType ToAtomicType; 3137 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3138 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3139 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3140 } 3141 3142 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3143 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3144 switch (SCS.First) { 3145 case ICK_Identity: 3146 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3147 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3148 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3149 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3150 } 3151 break; 3152 3153 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3154 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3155 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3156 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3157 From = FromRes.get(); 3158 FromType = From->getType(); 3159 break; 3160 } 3161 3162 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3163 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3164 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3165 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3166 break; 3167 3168 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3169 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3170 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3171 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3172 break; 3173 3174 default: 3175 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3176 } 3177 3178 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3179 switch (SCS.Second) { 3180 case ICK_Identity: 3181 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3182 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3183 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3184 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3185 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3186 switch (Action) { 3187 case AA_Assigning: 3188 case AA_Initializing: 3189 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3190 case AA_Passing: 3191 case AA_Returning: 3192 case AA_Sending: 3193 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3194 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3195 return ExprError(); 3196 break; 3197 3198 case AA_Casting: 3199 case AA_Converting: 3200 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3201 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3202 break; 3203 } 3204 // Nothing else to do. 3205 break; 3206 3207 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3208 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3209 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3210 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3211 return ExprError(); 3212 3213 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3214 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3215 break; 3216 3217 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3218 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3219 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3220 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3221 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3222 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3223 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3224 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3225 } else { 3226 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3227 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3228 } 3229 break; 3230 3231 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3232 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3233 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3234 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3235 break; 3236 3237 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3238 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3239 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3240 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3241 CastKind CK; 3242 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3243 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3244 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3245 else 3246 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3247 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3248 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3249 } else { 3250 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3251 } 3252 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3253 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3254 break; 3255 } 3256 3257 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3258 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3259 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3260 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3261 else 3262 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3263 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3264 break; 3265 3266 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3267 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3268 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3269 break; 3270 3271 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3272 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3273 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3274 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3275 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3276 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3277 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3278 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3279 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3280 else 3281 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3282 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3283 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3284 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3285 3286 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3287 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3288 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3289 } 3290 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3291 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3292 From->getType())) { 3293 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3294 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3295 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3296 else 3297 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3298 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3299 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3300 << From->getSourceRange(); 3301 } 3302 3303 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3304 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3305 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3306 return ExprError(); 3307 3308 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3309 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3310 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3311 ExprResult E = From; 3312 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3313 From = E.get(); 3314 } 3315 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3316 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3317 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3318 .get(); 3319 break; 3320 } 3321 3322 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3323 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3324 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3325 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3326 return ExprError(); 3327 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3328 return ExprError(); 3329 3330 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3331 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3332 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3333 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3334 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3335 } 3336 3337 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3338 .get(); 3339 break; 3340 } 3341 3342 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3343 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3344 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3345 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3346 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3347 } 3348 3349 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3350 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3351 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3352 break; 3353 3354 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3355 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3356 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3357 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3358 From->getLocStart(), 3359 From->getSourceRange(), 3360 &BasePath, 3361 CStyle)) 3362 return ExprError(); 3363 3364 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3365 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3366 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3367 break; 3368 } 3369 3370 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3371 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3372 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3373 break; 3374 3375 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3376 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3377 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3378 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3379 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3380 break; 3381 } 3382 3383 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3384 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3385 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3386 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3387 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3388 3389 // x -> y 3390 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3391 // do nothing 3392 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3393 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3394 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3395 } else { 3396 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3397 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3398 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3399 } 3400 // y -> _Complex y 3401 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3402 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3403 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3404 3405 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3406 } else { 3407 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3408 assert(FromComplex); 3409 3410 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3411 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3412 3413 // _Complex x -> x 3414 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3415 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3416 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3417 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3418 3419 // x -> y 3420 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3421 // do nothing 3422 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3423 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3424 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3425 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3426 } else { 3427 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3428 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3429 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3430 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3431 } 3432 } 3433 break; 3434 3435 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3436 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3437 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3438 break; 3439 } 3440 3441 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3442 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3443 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3444 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3445 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3446 return ExprError(); 3447 From = FromRes.get(); 3448 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3449 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3450 (void)ConvTy; 3451 break; 3452 } 3453 3454 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3455 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3456 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3457 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3458 break; 3459 3460 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3461 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3462 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3463 case ICK_Qualification: 3464 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3465 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3466 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3467 } 3468 3469 switch (SCS.Third) { 3470 case ICK_Identity: 3471 // Nothing to do. 3472 break; 3473 3474 case ICK_Qualification: { 3475 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3476 // target type isn't a reference. 3477 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3478 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3479 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3480 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3481 3482 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3483 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3484 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3485 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3486 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3487 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3488 } 3489 3490 break; 3491 } 3492 3493 default: 3494 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3495 } 3496 3497 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3498 // that conversion now. 3499 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3500 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3501 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3502 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3503 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3504 } 3505 3506 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3507 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3508 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3509 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3510 From->getLocStart()); 3511 3512 return From; 3513 } 3514 3515 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3516 /// 3517 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3518 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3519 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3520 /// returns true. 3521 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3522 SourceLocation Loc, 3523 QualType ArgTy) { 3524 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3525 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3526 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3527 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3528 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3529 // must be a complete type. 3530 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3531 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3532 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3533 switch (UTT) { 3534 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3535 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3536 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3537 // Fall-through 3538 3539 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3540 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3541 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3542 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3543 case UTT_IsVoid: 3544 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3545 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3546 case UTT_IsArray: 3547 case UTT_IsPointer: 3548 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3549 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3550 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3551 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3552 case UTT_IsEnum: 3553 case UTT_IsUnion: 3554 case UTT_IsClass: 3555 case UTT_IsFunction: 3556 case UTT_IsReference: 3557 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3558 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3559 case UTT_IsObject: 3560 case UTT_IsScalar: 3561 case UTT_IsCompound: 3562 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3563 // Fall-through 3564 3565 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3566 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3567 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3568 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3569 // Table 49. 3570 case UTT_IsConst: 3571 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3572 case UTT_IsSigned: 3573 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3574 3575 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3576 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3577 return true; 3578 3579 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3580 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3581 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3582 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3583 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3584 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3585 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3586 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3587 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3588 return true; 3589 3590 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3591 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3592 case UTT_IsFinal: 3593 case UTT_IsSealed: 3594 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3595 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3596 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3597 return true; 3598 3599 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3600 // applied to a complete type. 3601 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3602 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3603 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3604 case UTT_IsPOD: 3605 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3606 3607 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3608 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3609 // Fall-through 3610 3611 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3612 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3613 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3614 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3615 // requiring the complete type. 3616 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3617 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3618 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3619 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3620 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3621 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3622 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3623 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3624 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3625 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3626 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3627 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3628 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3629 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3630 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3631 3632 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3633 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3634 return true; 3635 3636 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3637 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 3641 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3642 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3643 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3644 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3645 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3646 { 3647 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3648 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3649 return true; 3650 3651 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3652 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3653 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3654 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3655 bool FoundOperator = false; 3656 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3657 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3658 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3659 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3660 continue; 3661 3662 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3663 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3664 FoundOperator = true; 3665 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3666 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3667 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3668 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3669 return false; 3670 } 3671 } 3672 return FoundOperator; 3673 } 3674 return false; 3675 } 3676 3677 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3678 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3679 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3680 3681 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3682 switch(UTT) { 3683 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3684 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3685 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3686 case UTT_IsVoid: 3687 return T->isVoidType(); 3688 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3689 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3690 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3691 return T->isFloatingType(); 3692 case UTT_IsArray: 3693 return T->isArrayType(); 3694 case UTT_IsPointer: 3695 return T->isPointerType(); 3696 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3697 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3698 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3699 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3700 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3701 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3702 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3703 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3704 case UTT_IsEnum: 3705 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3706 case UTT_IsUnion: 3707 return T->isUnionType(); 3708 case UTT_IsClass: 3709 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3710 case UTT_IsFunction: 3711 return T->isFunctionType(); 3712 3713 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3714 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3715 case UTT_IsReference: 3716 return T->isReferenceType(); 3717 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3718 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3719 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3720 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3721 case UTT_IsObject: 3722 return T->isObjectType(); 3723 case UTT_IsScalar: 3724 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3725 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3726 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3727 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3728 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3729 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3730 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3731 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3732 return true; 3733 3734 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3735 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3736 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3737 return false; 3738 } 3739 } 3740 3741 return T->isScalarType(); 3742 case UTT_IsCompound: 3743 return T->isCompoundType(); 3744 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3745 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3746 3747 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3748 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3749 case UTT_IsConst: 3750 return T.isConstQualified(); 3751 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3752 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3753 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3754 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3755 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3756 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3757 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3758 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3759 case UTT_IsPOD: 3760 return T.isPODType(C); 3761 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3762 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3763 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3764 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3765 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3766 return false; 3767 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3768 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3769 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 3770 return false; 3771 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3772 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3773 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 3774 return false; 3775 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 3776 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 3777 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 3778 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3779 return false; 3780 case UTT_IsFinal: 3781 case UTT_IsSealed: 3782 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3783 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3784 return false; 3785 case UTT_IsSigned: 3786 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3787 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3788 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3789 3790 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3791 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3792 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3793 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3794 // specifications. 3795 // 3796 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3797 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3798 // 3799 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3800 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3801 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3802 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3803 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3804 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3805 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3806 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3807 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3808 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3809 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3810 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3811 return true; 3812 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3813 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3814 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3815 return false; 3816 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3817 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3818 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3819 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3820 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3821 return true; 3822 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3823 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3824 return false; 3825 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3826 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3827 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3828 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3829 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3830 // is true, else it is false. 3831 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3832 return true; 3833 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3834 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3835 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3836 return false; 3837 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3838 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3839 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3840 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3841 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3842 return true; 3843 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3844 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3845 return false; 3846 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3847 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3848 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3849 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3850 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3851 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3852 // true, else it is false. 3853 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3854 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3855 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3856 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3857 // [class.copy]p12). 3858 3859 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3860 return false; 3861 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3862 return true; 3863 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3864 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3865 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3866 return false; 3867 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3868 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3869 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3870 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3871 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3872 return true; 3873 3874 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3875 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3876 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3877 return true; 3878 3879 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3880 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 3881 // false. 3882 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 3883 return false; 3884 3885 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3886 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 3887 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 3888 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 3889 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3890 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 3891 if (!Destructor) 3892 return false; 3893 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 3894 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 3895 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 3896 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 3897 return false; 3898 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 3899 return false; 3900 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 3901 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3902 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3903 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3904 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3905 return false; 3906 } 3907 } 3908 return true; 3909 3910 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3911 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3912 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 3913 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 3914 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 3915 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 3916 // false. 3917 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3918 return true; 3919 3920 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3921 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 3922 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 3923 return true; 3924 3925 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3926 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 3927 return false; 3928 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 3929 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3930 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3931 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3932 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 3933 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 3934 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 3935 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3936 // false. 3937 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 3938 return false; 3939 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3940 return false; 3941 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3942 return true; 3943 3944 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 3945 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3946 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 3947 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 3948 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 3949 return false; 3950 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3951 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3952 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3953 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 3954 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3955 return true; 3956 3957 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 3958 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 3959 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 3960 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 3961 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 3962 return false; 3963 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3964 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3965 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 3966 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 3967 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 3968 // false. 3969 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3970 return true; 3971 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 3972 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3973 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 3974 return true; 3975 3976 bool FoundConstructor = false; 3977 unsigned FoundTQs; 3978 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 3979 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 3980 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 3981 // resolution point. 3982 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 3983 continue; 3984 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 3985 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 3986 FoundConstructor = true; 3987 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 3988 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3989 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3990 if (!CPT) 3991 return false; 3992 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 3993 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 3994 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 3995 return false; 3996 } 3997 } 3998 3999 return FoundConstructor; 4000 } 4001 return false; 4002 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4003 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4004 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4005 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4006 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4007 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4008 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4009 return true; 4010 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4011 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4012 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4013 return true; 4014 4015 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4016 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4017 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4018 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4019 continue; 4020 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4021 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4022 FoundConstructor = true; 4023 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4024 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4025 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4026 if (!CPT) 4027 return false; 4028 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4029 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4030 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4031 return false; 4032 } 4033 } 4034 return FoundConstructor; 4035 } 4036 return false; 4037 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4038 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4039 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4040 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4041 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4042 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4043 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4044 return false; 4045 4046 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4047 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4048 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4049 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4050 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4051 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4052 // function call. 4053 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4058 /// ARC mode. 4059 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4060 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4061 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4062 return false; 4063 4064 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4065 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4066 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4067 return true; 4068 4069 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4070 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4071 } 4072 4073 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4074 } 4075 4076 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4077 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4078 4079 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4080 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4081 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4082 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4083 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4084 4085 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4086 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4087 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4088 4089 switch (Kind) { 4090 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4091 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4092 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4093 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4094 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4095 // 4096 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4097 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4098 // no operation that is not trivial. 4099 // 4100 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4101 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4102 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4103 // variable t: 4104 // 4105 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4106 assert(!Args.empty()); 4107 4108 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4109 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4110 // unknown bound. 4111 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4112 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4113 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4114 continue; 4115 4116 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4117 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4118 return false; 4119 } 4120 4121 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4122 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4123 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4124 return false; 4125 4126 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4127 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4128 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4129 return false; 4130 4131 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4132 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4133 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4134 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4135 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4136 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4137 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4138 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4139 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4140 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4141 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4142 } 4143 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4144 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4145 4146 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4147 // trap at translation unit scope. 4148 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4149 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4150 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4151 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4152 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4153 RParenLoc)); 4154 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4155 if (Init.Failed()) 4156 return false; 4157 4158 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4159 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4160 return false; 4161 4162 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4163 return true; 4164 4165 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4166 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4167 4168 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4169 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4170 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4171 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4172 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4173 return false; 4174 4175 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4176 // calls. 4177 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4178 } 4179 4180 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4181 return false; 4182 } 4183 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4184 } 4185 4186 return false; 4187 } 4188 4189 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4190 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4191 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4192 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4193 4194 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4195 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4196 return ExprError(); 4197 4198 bool Dependent = false; 4199 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4200 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4201 Dependent = true; 4202 break; 4203 } 4204 } 4205 4206 bool Result = false; 4207 if (!Dependent) 4208 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4209 4210 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4211 RParenLoc, Result); 4212 } 4213 4214 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4215 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4216 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4217 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4218 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4219 4220 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4222 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4223 if (!TInfo) 4224 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4225 4226 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4227 } 4228 4229 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4230 } 4231 4232 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4233 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4234 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4235 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4236 4237 switch(BTT) { 4238 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4239 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4240 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4241 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4242 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4243 4244 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4245 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4246 4247 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4248 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4249 4250 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4251 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4252 4253 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4254 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4255 4256 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4257 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4258 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4259 // complete type. 4260 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4261 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4262 return false; 4263 4264 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4265 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4266 } 4267 case BTT_IsSame: 4268 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4269 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4270 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4271 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4272 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4273 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4274 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4275 // Given the following function prototype: 4276 // 4277 // template <class T> 4278 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4279 // 4280 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4281 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4282 // the return expression in the following code would be 4283 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4284 // type of the function: 4285 // 4286 // To test() { 4287 // return create<From>(); 4288 // } 4289 // 4290 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4291 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4292 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4293 // is considered. 4294 // 4295 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4296 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4297 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4298 4299 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4300 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4301 return false; 4302 4303 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4304 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4305 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4306 4307 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4308 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4309 return false; 4310 4311 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4312 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4313 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4314 4315 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4316 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4317 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4318 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4319 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4320 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4321 SourceLocation())); 4322 4323 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4324 // trap at translation unit scope. 4325 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4326 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4327 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4328 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4329 if (Init.Failed()) 4330 return false; 4331 4332 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4333 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4334 } 4335 4336 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4337 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4338 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4339 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4340 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4341 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4342 // 4343 // is_assignable is defined as: 4344 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4345 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4346 // 4347 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4348 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4349 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4350 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4351 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4352 return false; 4353 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4354 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4355 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4356 return false; 4357 4358 // cv void is never assignable. 4359 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4360 return false; 4361 4362 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4363 // declval<U>(). 4364 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4365 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4366 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4367 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4368 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4369 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4370 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4371 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4372 4373 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4374 // trap at translation unit scope. 4375 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4376 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4377 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4378 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4379 &Rhs); 4380 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4381 return false; 4382 4383 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4384 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4385 4386 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4387 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4388 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4389 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4390 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4391 return false; 4392 4393 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4394 } 4395 4396 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4397 return false; 4398 } 4399 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4400 } 4401 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4402 } 4403 4404 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4405 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4406 ParsedType Ty, 4407 Expr* DimExpr, 4408 SourceLocation RParen) { 4409 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4410 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4411 if (!TSInfo) 4412 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4413 4414 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4415 } 4416 4417 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4418 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4419 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4420 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4421 4422 switch(ATT) { 4423 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4424 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4425 unsigned Dim = 0; 4426 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4427 ++Dim; 4428 T = AT->getElementType(); 4429 } 4430 return Dim; 4431 } 4432 return 0; 4433 4434 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4435 llvm::APSInt Value; 4436 uint64_t Dim; 4437 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4438 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4439 false).isInvalid()) 4440 return 0; 4441 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4442 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4443 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4444 return 0; 4445 } 4446 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4447 4448 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4449 unsigned D = 0; 4450 bool Matched = false; 4451 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4452 if (Dim == D) { 4453 Matched = true; 4454 break; 4455 } 4456 ++D; 4457 T = AT->getElementType(); 4458 } 4459 4460 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4461 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4462 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4463 } 4464 } 4465 return 0; 4466 } 4467 } 4468 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4469 } 4470 4471 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4472 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4473 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4474 Expr* DimExpr, 4475 SourceLocation RParen) { 4476 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4477 4478 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4479 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4480 uint64_t Value = 0; 4481 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4482 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4483 4484 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4485 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4486 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4487 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4488 // important distinction. 4489 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4490 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4491 } 4492 4493 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4494 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4495 Expr *Queried, 4496 SourceLocation RParen) { 4497 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4498 if (!Queried) 4499 return ExprError(); 4500 4501 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4502 4503 return Result; 4504 } 4505 4506 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4507 switch (ET) { 4508 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4509 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4510 } 4511 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4512 } 4513 4514 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4515 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4516 Expr *Queried, 4517 SourceLocation RParen) { 4518 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4519 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4520 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4521 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4522 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4523 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4524 } 4525 4526 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4527 4528 return new (Context) 4529 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4530 } 4531 4532 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4533 ExprValueKind &VK, 4534 SourceLocation Loc, 4535 bool isIndirect) { 4536 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4537 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4538 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4539 4540 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4541 if (isIndirect) { 4542 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4543 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4544 } 4545 4546 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4547 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4548 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4549 4550 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4551 // C++ 5.5p2 4552 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4553 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4554 // class type) [...] 4555 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4556 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4557 if (!MemPtr) { 4558 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4559 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4560 return QualType(); 4561 } 4562 4563 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4564 4565 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4566 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4567 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4568 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4569 // likely to be considered a defect. 4570 4571 // C++ 5.5p2 4572 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4573 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4574 // such a class] 4575 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4576 if (isIndirect) { 4577 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4578 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4579 else { 4580 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4581 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4582 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4583 return QualType(); 4584 } 4585 } 4586 4587 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4588 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4589 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4590 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4591 return QualType(); 4592 } 4593 4594 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 4595 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4596 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4597 return QualType(); 4598 } 4599 4600 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4601 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4602 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4603 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4604 &BasePath)) 4605 return QualType(); 4606 4607 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4608 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4609 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4610 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4611 &BasePath); 4612 } 4613 4614 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4615 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4616 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4618 return QualType(); 4619 } 4620 4621 // C++ 5.5p2 4622 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4623 // second operand. 4624 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4625 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4626 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4627 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4628 4629 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4630 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4631 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4632 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4633 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4634 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4635 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4636 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4637 case RQ_None: 4638 // Do nothing 4639 break; 4640 4641 case RQ_LValue: 4642 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4644 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4645 break; 4646 4647 case RQ_RValue: 4648 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4650 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4651 break; 4652 } 4653 } 4654 4655 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4656 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4657 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4658 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4659 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4660 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4661 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4662 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4663 VK = VK_RValue; 4664 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4665 } else if (isIndirect) { 4666 VK = VK_LValue; 4667 } else { 4668 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4669 } 4670 4671 return Result; 4672 } 4673 4674 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3. 4675 /// 4676 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4677 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4678 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4679 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4680 /// as such. 4681 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4682 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4683 bool &HaveConversion, 4684 QualType &ToType) { 4685 HaveConversion = false; 4686 ToType = To->getType(); 4687 4688 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4689 SourceLocation()); 4690 // C++0x 5.16p3 4691 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4692 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4693 // as follows: 4694 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: 4695 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue(); 4696 if (ToIsLvalue) { 4697 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to 4698 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the 4699 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1. 4700 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType); 4701 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4702 4703 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4704 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4705 ToType = T; 4706 HaveConversion = true; 4707 return false; 4708 } 4709 4710 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4711 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4712 } 4713 4714 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4715 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4716 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4717 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4718 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4719 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4720 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4721 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4722 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 4723 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 4724 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 4725 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4726 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4727 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4728 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4729 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4730 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4731 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4732 if (InitSeq) { 4733 HaveConversion = true; 4734 return false; 4735 } 4736 4737 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4738 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4739 } 4740 } 4741 4742 return false; 4743 } 4744 4745 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4746 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4747 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4748 // an rvalue). 4749 // 4750 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4751 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4752 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4753 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4754 4755 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4756 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4757 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4758 ToType = TTy; 4759 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4760 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4761 4762 return false; 4763 } 4764 4765 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4766 /// 4767 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4768 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4769 /// conversion to a common type. 4770 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4771 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4772 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4773 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4774 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4775 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4776 CandidateSet); 4777 4778 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4779 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4780 case OR_Success: { 4781 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4782 ExprResult LHSRes = 4783 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4784 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4785 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4786 break; 4787 LHS = LHSRes; 4788 4789 ExprResult RHSRes = 4790 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4791 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4792 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4793 break; 4794 RHS = RHSRes; 4795 if (Best->Function) 4796 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4797 return false; 4798 } 4799 4800 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4801 4802 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4803 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4804 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4805 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4806 return true; 4807 4808 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4809 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4810 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4811 return true; 4812 4813 case OR_Ambiguous: 4814 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4815 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4816 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4817 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4818 // the viable candidates. 4819 break; 4820 4821 case OR_Deleted: 4822 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4823 } 4824 return true; 4825 } 4826 4827 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4828 /// TryClassUnification. 4829 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4830 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4831 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4832 SourceLocation()); 4833 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4834 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4835 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4836 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4837 return true; 4838 4839 E = Result; 4840 return false; 4841 } 4842 4843 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4844 /// 4845 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4846 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4847 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4848 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4849 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4850 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4851 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4852 // interface pointers. 4853 4854 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4855 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4856 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4857 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4858 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4859 return QualType(); 4860 Cond = CondRes; 4861 } 4862 4863 // Assume r-value. 4864 VK = VK_RValue; 4865 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4866 4867 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4868 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4869 return Context.DependentTy; 4870 4871 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 4872 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 4873 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4874 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4875 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 4876 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 4877 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 4878 // ... one of the following shall hold: 4879 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 4880 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 4881 // and value category of the other. 4882 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4883 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 4884 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 4885 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 4886 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 4887 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 4888 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 4889 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 4890 return NonThrow->getType(); 4891 } 4892 4893 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 4894 // type void and is a prvalue. 4895 if (LVoid && RVoid) 4896 return Context.VoidTy; 4897 4898 // Neither holds, error. 4899 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 4900 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 4901 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4902 return QualType(); 4903 } 4904 4905 // Neither is void. 4906 4907 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4908 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 4909 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 4910 // those operands to the type of the other. 4911 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4912 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4913 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 4914 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 4915 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 4916 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 4917 return QualType(); 4918 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 4919 return QualType(); 4920 4921 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 4922 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 4923 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 4924 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4925 return QualType(); 4926 } 4927 4928 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 4929 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 4930 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 4931 if (HaveL2R) { 4932 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 4933 return QualType(); 4934 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4935 } else if (HaveR2L) { 4936 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 4937 return QualType(); 4938 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4939 } 4940 } 4941 4942 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 4943 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 4944 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 4945 // operands to the type of the other. 4946 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4947 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4948 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 4949 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 4950 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 4951 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 4952 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 4953 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 4954 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4955 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 4956 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 4957 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 4958 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4959 } 4960 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 4961 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 4962 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 4967 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 4968 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 4969 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 4970 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 4971 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 4972 // l-values. 4973 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 4974 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 4975 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 4976 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 4977 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4978 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 4979 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 4980 OK = OK_BitField; 4981 return LTy; 4982 } 4983 4984 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 4985 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 4986 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 4987 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 4988 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 4989 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 4990 // program is ill-formed. 4991 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 4992 return QualType(); 4993 } 4994 4995 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 4996 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 4997 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 4998 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4999 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5000 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5001 return QualType(); 5002 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5003 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5004 5005 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5006 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5007 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5008 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5009 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5010 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5011 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5012 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5013 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5014 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5015 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5016 return QualType(); 5017 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5018 5019 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5020 SourceLocation(), 5021 LHS); 5022 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5023 return QualType(); 5024 5025 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5026 SourceLocation(), 5027 RHS); 5028 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5029 return QualType(); 5030 5031 LHS = LHSCopy; 5032 RHS = RHSCopy; 5033 } 5034 5035 return LTy; 5036 } 5037 5038 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5039 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5040 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5041 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5042 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5043 5044 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5045 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5046 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5047 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5048 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5049 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5050 return QualType(); 5051 5052 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5053 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5054 5055 return ResTy; 5056 } 5057 5058 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5059 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5060 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5061 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5062 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5063 // pointer type. 5064 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5065 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5066 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5067 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5068 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5069 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5070 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5071 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5072 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5073 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5074 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5075 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5076 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5077 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5078 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5079 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5080 5081 return Composite; 5082 } 5083 5084 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5085 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5086 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5087 return Composite; 5088 5089 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5090 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5091 return QualType(); 5092 5093 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5094 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5095 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5096 return QualType(); 5097 } 5098 5099 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5100 /// 5101 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5102 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5103 /// type and returns it. 5104 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5105 /// 5106 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5107 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5108 /// 5109 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5110 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5111 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5112 /// will be set true. 5113 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5114 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5115 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5116 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5117 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5118 5119 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5120 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5121 5122 // C++11 5.9p2 5123 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5124 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5125 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5126 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5127 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5128 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5129 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5130 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5131 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5132 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5133 return T1; 5134 } 5135 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5136 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5137 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5138 return T2; 5139 } 5140 return QualType(); 5141 } 5142 5143 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5144 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5145 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5146 else 5147 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5148 return T2; 5149 } 5150 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5151 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5152 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5153 else 5154 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5155 return T1; 5156 } 5157 5158 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5159 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5160 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5161 return QualType(); 5162 5163 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5164 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5165 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5166 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5167 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5168 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5169 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5170 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5171 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5172 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5173 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5174 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5175 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5176 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5177 ContainingClassVector; 5178 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5179 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5180 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5181 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5182 do { 5183 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5184 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5185 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5186 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5187 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5188 5189 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5190 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5191 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5192 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5193 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5194 5195 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5196 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5197 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5198 continue; 5199 } 5200 5201 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5202 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5203 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5204 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5205 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5206 5207 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5208 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5209 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5210 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5211 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5212 5213 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5214 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5215 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5216 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5217 continue; 5218 } 5219 5220 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5221 5222 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5223 break; 5224 } while (true); 5225 5226 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5227 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5228 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5229 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5230 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5231 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5232 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5233 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5234 } 5235 } 5236 } 5237 5238 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5239 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5240 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5241 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5242 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5243 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5244 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5245 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5246 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5247 // Rebuild member pointer type 5248 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5249 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5250 MOC->first); 5251 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5252 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5253 MOC->second); 5254 } else { 5255 // Rebuild pointer type 5256 Composite1 5257 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5258 Composite2 5259 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5260 } 5261 } 5262 5263 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5264 InitializedEntity Entity1 5265 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5266 InitializationKind Kind 5267 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5268 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5269 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5270 5271 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5272 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5273 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5274 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5275 // Composite2 is also viable. 5276 InitializedEntity Entity2 5277 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5278 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5279 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5280 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5281 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5282 // this is an ambiguity. 5283 return QualType(); 5284 } 5285 } 5286 5287 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5288 ExprResult E1Result 5289 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5290 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5291 return QualType(); 5292 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5293 5294 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5295 ExprResult E2Result 5296 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5297 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5298 return QualType(); 5299 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5300 5301 return Composite1; 5302 } 5303 5304 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5305 InitializedEntity Entity2 5306 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5307 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5308 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5309 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5310 return QualType(); 5311 5312 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5313 ExprResult E1Result 5314 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5315 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5316 return QualType(); 5317 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5318 5319 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5320 ExprResult E2Result 5321 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5322 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5323 return QualType(); 5324 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5325 5326 return Composite2; 5327 } 5328 5329 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5330 if (!E) 5331 return ExprError(); 5332 5333 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5334 5335 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5336 if (!E->isRValue()) 5337 return E; 5338 5339 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5340 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5341 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5342 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5343 5344 bool ReturnsRetained; 5345 5346 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5347 // called value. 5348 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5349 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5350 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5351 5352 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5353 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5354 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5355 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5356 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5357 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5358 } 5359 5360 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5361 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5362 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5363 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5364 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5365 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5366 5367 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5368 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5369 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5370 5371 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5372 // type always produce a +1 object. 5373 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5374 ReturnsRetained = true; 5375 5376 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5377 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5378 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5379 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5380 return E; 5381 5382 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5383 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5384 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5385 } else { 5386 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5387 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5388 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5389 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5390 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5391 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5392 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5393 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5394 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5395 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5396 } 5397 5398 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5399 5400 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5401 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5402 // return an object. 5403 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5404 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5405 return E; 5406 } 5407 5408 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5409 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5410 return E; 5411 5412 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5413 5414 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5415 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5416 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5417 VK_RValue); 5418 } 5419 5420 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5421 return E; 5422 5423 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5424 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5425 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5426 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5427 while (!RT) { 5428 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5429 case Type::Record: 5430 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5431 break; 5432 case Type::ConstantArray: 5433 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5434 case Type::VariableArray: 5435 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5436 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5437 break; 5438 default: 5439 return E; 5440 } 5441 } 5442 5443 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5444 // not processing a decltype expression. 5445 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5446 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5447 return E; 5448 5449 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5450 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5451 5452 if (Destructor) { 5453 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5454 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5455 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5456 << E->getType()); 5457 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5458 return ExprError(); 5459 5460 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5461 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5462 return E; 5463 5464 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5465 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5466 } 5467 5468 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5469 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5470 5471 if (IsDecltype) 5472 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5473 5474 return Bind; 5475 } 5476 5477 ExprResult 5478 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5479 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5480 return ExprError(); 5481 5482 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5483 } 5484 5485 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5486 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5487 5488 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5489 5490 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5491 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5492 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5493 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5494 return SubExpr; 5495 5496 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5497 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5498 5499 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5500 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5501 5502 return E; 5503 } 5504 5505 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5506 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5507 5508 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5509 5510 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5511 return SubStmt; 5512 5513 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5514 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5515 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5516 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5517 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5518 SourceLocation(), 5519 SourceLocation()); 5520 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5521 SourceLocation()); 5522 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5523 } 5524 5525 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5526 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5527 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5528 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5529 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5530 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5531 5532 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5533 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5534 // -- if the function call is either 5535 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5536 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5537 // decltype-specifier, 5538 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5539 5540 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5541 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5542 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5543 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5544 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5545 return ExprError(); 5546 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5547 return E; 5548 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5549 } 5550 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5551 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5552 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5553 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5554 return ExprError(); 5555 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5556 return E; 5557 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5558 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5559 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5560 } 5561 } 5562 5563 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5564 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5565 : nullptr; 5566 if (TopCall) 5567 E = TopCall; 5568 else 5569 TopBind = nullptr; 5570 5571 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5572 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5573 5574 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5575 // decltype expression. 5576 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5577 return E; 5578 5579 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5580 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5581 I != N; ++I) { 5582 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5583 if (Call == TopCall) 5584 continue; 5585 5586 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5587 Call->getLocStart(), 5588 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5589 return ExprError(); 5590 } 5591 5592 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5593 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5594 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5595 I != N; ++I) { 5596 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5597 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5598 if (Bind == TopBind) 5599 continue; 5600 5601 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5602 5603 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5604 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5605 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5606 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5607 5608 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5609 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5610 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5611 << Bind->getType()); 5612 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5613 return ExprError(); 5614 5615 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5616 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5617 } 5618 5619 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5620 return E; 5621 } 5622 5623 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5624 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5625 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5626 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5627 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5628 unsigned Limit = 9; 5629 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5630 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5631 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5632 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5633 } 5634 5635 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5636 if (I == SkipStart) { 5637 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5638 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5639 << SkipCount; 5640 I += SkipCount; 5641 } else { 5642 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5643 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5644 ++I; 5645 } 5646 } 5647 } 5648 5649 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5650 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5651 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5652 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5653 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5654 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5655 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5656 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5657 Base = Result.get(); 5658 5659 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5660 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5661 Base = Result.get(); 5662 5663 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5664 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5665 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5666 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5667 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5668 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5669 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5670 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5671 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5672 5673 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5674 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5675 return Base; 5676 } 5677 5678 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5679 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5680 // returned, with the original second operand. 5681 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5682 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5683 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5684 bool FirstIteration = true; 5685 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5686 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5687 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5688 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5689 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5690 5691 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5692 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5694 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5695 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5696 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5697 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5698 return ExprError(); 5699 } 5700 5701 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5702 S, Base, OpLoc, 5703 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5704 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5705 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5706 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5707 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5708 ? nullptr 5709 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5710 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5711 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5712 if (FirstIteration) { 5713 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5714 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5715 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5716 OpKind = tok::period; 5717 break; 5718 } 5719 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5720 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5721 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5722 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5723 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5724 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5725 } 5726 } 5727 return ExprError(); 5728 } 5729 Base = Result.get(); 5730 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5731 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5732 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5733 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5734 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5735 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5736 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5737 return ExprError(); 5738 } 5739 FirstIteration = false; 5740 } 5741 5742 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5743 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5744 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5745 } 5746 5747 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5748 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5749 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5750 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5751 5752 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5753 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5754 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5755 // postfix-expression. 5756 // 5757 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5758 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5759 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 5760 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 5761 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 5762 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 5763 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5764 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5765 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5766 return Base; 5767 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5768 ObjectType = nullptr; 5769 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5770 return Base; 5771 } 5772 5773 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5774 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5775 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5776 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5777 // the member function body. 5778 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5779 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5780 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5781 return ExprError(); 5782 5783 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5784 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5785 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5786 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5787 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5788 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5789 return Base; 5790 } 5791 5792 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5793 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5794 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5795 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5796 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5797 Base = result.get(); 5798 } 5799 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5800 5801 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5802 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5803 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5804 // This scalar type is the object type. 5805 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5806 // arrow operator. 5807 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5808 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5809 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5810 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5811 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5812 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5813 << ObjectType << true 5814 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5815 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5816 return true; 5817 5818 OpKind = tok::period; 5819 } 5820 } 5821 5822 return false; 5823 } 5824 5825 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5826 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5827 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5828 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5829 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5830 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5831 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5832 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5833 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5834 5835 QualType ObjectType; 5836 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5837 return ExprError(); 5838 5839 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5840 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5841 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5842 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5843 else { 5844 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5845 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5846 return ExprError(); 5847 } 5848 } 5849 5850 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5851 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5852 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5853 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5854 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5855 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5856 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5857 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5858 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5859 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5860 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5861 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5862 5863 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5864 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5865 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5866 DestructedTypeStart); 5867 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5868 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5869 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5870 5871 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5872 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 5873 // type. 5874 } else { 5875 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 5876 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5877 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5878 } 5879 5880 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5881 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5882 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5883 DestructedTypeStart); 5884 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5885 } 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5890 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 5891 // form 5892 // 5893 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 5894 // 5895 // shall designate the same scalar type. 5896 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 5897 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 5898 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 5899 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 5900 5901 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 5902 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5903 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 5904 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5905 5906 ScopeType = QualType(); 5907 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 Expr *Result 5912 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 5913 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 5914 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 5915 ScopeTypeInfo, 5916 CCLoc, 5917 TildeLoc, 5918 Destructed); 5919 5920 return Result; 5921 } 5922 5923 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5924 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5925 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5926 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5927 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 5928 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5929 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5930 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 5931 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5932 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5933 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5934 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 5935 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 5936 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 5937 5938 QualType ObjectType; 5939 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5940 return ExprError(); 5941 5942 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 5943 // record types and dependent types matter. 5944 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 5945 if (!SS.isSet()) { 5946 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 5947 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 5948 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 5949 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 5950 } 5951 5952 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 5953 // type (with source-location information). 5954 QualType DestructedType; 5955 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 5956 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 5957 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5958 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5959 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5960 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 5961 if (!T && 5962 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 5963 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 5964 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 5965 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 5966 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 5967 // template instantiation time. 5968 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 5969 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 5970 } else if (!T) { 5971 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 5972 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 5973 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 5974 if (isSFINAEContext()) 5975 return ExprError(); 5976 5977 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5978 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5979 } else 5980 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 5981 } else { 5982 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 5983 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 5984 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5985 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5986 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 5987 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 5988 TemplateId->Template, 5989 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 5990 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 5991 TemplateArgsPtr, 5992 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5993 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 5994 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 5995 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5996 } else 5997 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 5998 } 5999 6000 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6001 // information. 6002 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6003 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6004 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6005 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6006 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6007 } 6008 6009 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6010 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6011 QualType ScopeType; 6012 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6013 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6014 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6015 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6016 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6017 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6018 if (!T) { 6019 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6020 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6021 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6022 6023 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6024 return ExprError(); 6025 6026 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6027 ScopeType = QualType(); 6028 } else 6029 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6030 } else { 6031 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6032 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6033 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6034 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6035 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6036 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6037 TemplateId->Template, 6038 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6039 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6040 TemplateArgsPtr, 6041 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6042 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6043 // Recover by dropping this type. 6044 ScopeType = QualType(); 6045 } else 6046 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6047 } 6048 } 6049 6050 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6051 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6052 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6053 6054 6055 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6056 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6057 Destructed); 6058 } 6059 6060 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6061 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6062 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6063 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6064 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6065 QualType ObjectType; 6066 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6067 return ExprError(); 6068 6069 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6070 false); 6071 6072 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6073 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6074 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6075 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6076 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6077 6078 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6079 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6080 Destructed); 6081 } 6082 6083 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6084 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6085 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6086 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6087 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6088 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6089 // is a LambdaExpr. 6090 Expr *SubE = E; 6091 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6092 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6093 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6094 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6095 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6096 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6097 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6098 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6099 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6100 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6101 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6102 // autoreleased. 6103 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6104 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6105 E->getExprLoc(), 6106 Method, E); 6107 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6108 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6109 return Exp; 6110 } 6111 } 6112 6113 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6114 FoundDecl, Method); 6115 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6116 return true; 6117 6118 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6119 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6120 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6121 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6122 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6123 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6124 6125 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6126 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6127 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6128 6129 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6130 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6131 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6132 return CE; 6133 } 6134 6135 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6136 SourceLocation RParen) { 6137 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6138 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6139 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6140 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6141 if (R.isInvalid()) 6142 return R; 6143 6144 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6145 Operand = R.get(); 6146 6147 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6148 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6149 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6150 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6151 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6152 } 6153 6154 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6155 return new (Context) 6156 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6157 } 6158 6159 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6160 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6161 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6162 } 6163 6164 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6165 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6166 // according to [expr]p10: 6167 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6168 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6169 // one of the following forms: 6170 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6171 6172 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6173 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6174 return true; 6175 6176 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6177 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6178 return true; 6179 6180 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6181 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6182 return true; 6183 6184 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6185 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6186 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6187 return true; 6188 6189 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6190 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6191 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6192 return true; 6193 6194 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6195 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6196 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6197 } 6198 6199 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6200 // operands are one of the above, or 6201 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6202 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6203 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6204 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6205 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6206 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6207 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6208 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6209 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6210 } 6211 6212 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6213 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6214 return true; 6215 6216 return false; 6217 } 6218 6219 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6220 /// context that ignores the result. 6221 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6222 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6223 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6224 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6225 E = result.get(); 6226 } 6227 6228 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6229 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6230 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6231 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6232 if (E->isRValue()) { 6233 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6234 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6235 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6236 // some clients. 6237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6238 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6239 6240 return E; 6241 } 6242 6243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6244 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6245 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6246 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6247 // conversion. 6248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6249 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6250 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6251 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6252 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6253 return E; 6254 E = Res.get(); 6255 } 6256 return E; 6257 } 6258 6259 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6260 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6261 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6262 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6263 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6264 return E; 6265 } 6266 } 6267 6268 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6269 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6270 return E; 6271 E = Res.get(); 6272 6273 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6274 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6275 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6276 return E; 6277 } 6278 6279 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6280 // in a constant expression, return true. 6281 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6282 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6283 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6284 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6285 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6286 // never be a constant expression. 6287 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6288 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6289 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6290 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6291 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6292 ASTContext &Context) { 6293 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6294 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6295 6296 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6297 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6298 assert(DefVD); 6299 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6300 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6301 6302 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6303 6304 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6305 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6306 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6307 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6308 return false; 6309 } 6310 6311 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6312 } 6313 6314 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6315 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6316 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6317 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6318 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6319 /// need to be captured. 6320 6321 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6322 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6323 6324 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6325 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6326 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6327 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6328 6329 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6330 6331 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6332 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6333 6334 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6335 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6336 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6337 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6338 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6339 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6340 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6341 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6342 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6343 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6344 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6345 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6346 // For e.g.: 6347 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6348 // int test() { 6349 // const int x = 10; 6350 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6351 // (void) +x + a; 6352 // }; 6353 // } 6354 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6355 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6356 continue; 6357 6358 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6359 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6360 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6361 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6362 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6363 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6364 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6365 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6366 } 6367 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6368 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6369 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6370 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6371 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6372 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6373 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6374 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6375 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6376 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6377 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6378 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6379 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6380 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6381 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6382 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6383 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6384 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6385 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6386 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6387 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6388 } 6389 } 6390 } 6391 6392 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6393 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6394 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6395 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6396 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6397 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6398 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6399 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6400 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6401 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6402 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6407 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6408 } 6409 6410 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6411 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6412 TypoCorrection TC) { 6413 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6414 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6415 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6416 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6417 6418 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6419 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6420 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6421 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6422 NewSS = *SS; 6423 6424 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6425 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6426 R.addDecl(ND); 6427 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6428 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6429 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6430 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6431 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6432 if (!Record) 6433 Record = 6434 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6435 if (Record) 6436 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6437 6438 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6439 // member. 6440 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6441 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6442 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6443 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6444 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6445 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6446 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6447 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6448 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6449 else 6450 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6451 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6452 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6453 6454 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6455 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6456 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6457 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6458 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6459 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6460 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6461 } 6462 } 6463 6464 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6465 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6466 } 6467 6468 namespace { 6469 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6470 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6471 6472 public: 6473 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6474 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6475 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6476 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6477 return true; 6478 } 6479 }; 6480 6481 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6482 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6483 6484 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6485 // process of being initialized. 6486 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6487 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6488 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6489 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6490 6491 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6492 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6493 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6494 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6495 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6496 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6497 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6498 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6499 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6500 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6501 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6502 6503 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6504 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6505 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6506 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6507 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6508 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6509 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6510 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6511 6512 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6513 } 6514 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6515 } 6516 } 6517 6518 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6519 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6520 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6521 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6522 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6523 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6524 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6525 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6526 /// of corrections. 6527 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6528 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6529 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6530 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6531 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6532 return true; 6533 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6534 } 6535 return false; 6536 } 6537 6538 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6539 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6540 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6541 6542 if (!E) 6543 return nullptr; 6544 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6545 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6546 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6547 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6548 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6549 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6550 // contain multiple decls. 6551 return nullptr; 6552 } 6553 6554 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6555 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6556 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6557 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6558 return ExprError(); 6559 6560 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6561 } 6562 6563 public: 6564 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6565 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6566 6567 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6568 MultiExprArg Args, 6569 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6570 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6571 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6572 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6573 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6574 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6575 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6576 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6577 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6578 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6579 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6580 } 6581 } 6582 return Result; 6583 } 6584 6585 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6586 6587 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6588 6589 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6590 ExprResult Res; 6591 while (true) { 6592 Res = TryTransform(E); 6593 6594 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6595 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6596 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6597 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6598 break; 6599 } 6600 6601 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6602 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6603 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6604 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6605 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6606 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6607 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6608 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6609 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6610 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6611 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6612 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6613 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6614 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6615 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6616 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6617 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6618 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6619 Res = ExprError(); 6620 break; 6621 } 6622 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6623 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6624 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6625 } 6626 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6627 6628 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6629 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6630 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6631 6632 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6633 6634 return Res; 6635 } 6636 6637 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6638 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6639 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6640 // first one that was encountered. 6641 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6642 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6643 return CacheEntry; 6644 } 6645 6646 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6647 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6648 6649 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6650 // typo correction and return it. 6651 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6652 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 6653 continue; 6654 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6655 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6656 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6657 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6658 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6659 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6660 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6661 TypoCorrection Next; 6662 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6663 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6664 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6665 } else { 6666 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6667 } 6668 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6669 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6670 return CacheEntry = NE; 6671 } 6672 } 6673 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6674 } 6675 }; 6676 } 6677 6678 ExprResult 6679 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6680 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6681 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6682 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6683 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6684 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6685 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6686 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6687 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6688 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6689 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6690 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6691 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6692 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6693 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6694 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6695 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6696 return Result; 6697 } 6698 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6699 } 6700 return E; 6701 } 6702 6703 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6704 bool DiscardedValue, 6705 bool IsConstexpr, 6706 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6707 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6708 6709 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6710 return ExprError(); 6711 6712 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6713 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6714 // containing full-expression is done). 6715 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6716 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6717 // return a; 6718 // }() ...); 6719 // } 6720 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6721 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6722 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6723 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6724 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6725 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6726 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6727 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6728 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6729 return ExprError(); 6730 6731 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6732 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6733 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6734 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6735 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6736 return ExprError(); 6737 } 6738 6739 if (DiscardedValue) { 6740 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6741 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6742 return ExprError(); 6743 6744 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6745 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6746 return ExprError(); 6747 } 6748 6749 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6750 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6751 return ExprError(); 6752 6753 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6754 6755 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6756 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6757 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6758 // Consider the following code: 6759 // void f(int, int); 6760 // void f(const int&, double); 6761 // void foo() { 6762 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6763 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6764 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6765 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6766 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6767 // }; 6768 // }; 6769 // } 6770 6771 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6772 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6773 // void f() { 6774 // const int n = 0; 6775 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6776 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6777 // }; 6778 // } 6779 // 6780 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6781 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6782 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6783 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6784 6785 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6786 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6787 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6788 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6789 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6790 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6791 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6792 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6793 // "Alternative suggestion: 6794 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6795 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6796 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6797 // constructor/destructor. 6798 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6799 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6800 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6801 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6802 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6803 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6804 *this); 6805 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6806 } 6807 6808 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6809 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6810 6811 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6812 } 6813 6814 Sema::IfExistsResult 6815 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6816 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6817 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6818 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6819 if (!TargetName) 6820 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6821 6822 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6823 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6824 return IER_Dependent; 6825 6826 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6827 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6828 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6829 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6830 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6831 6832 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6833 case LookupResult::Found: 6834 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6835 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6836 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6837 return IER_Exists; 6838 6839 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6840 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6841 6842 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6843 return IER_Dependent; 6844 } 6845 6846 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6847 } 6848 6849 Sema::IfExistsResult 6850 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6851 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6852 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6853 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6854 6855 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6856 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6857 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6858 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6859 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6860 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6861 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6862 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6863 Unexpanded); 6864 return IER_Error; 6865 } 6866 6867 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 6868 } 6869